blob: f56b722bcaea3d90f07cef72c82ba481ff7591af [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000027#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000028#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000029#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000045#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000046#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <algorithm>
48#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000049#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000050#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000051#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000052#include <set>
53#include <utility>
54#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000055
56using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000057using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000058
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059namespace {
60 class UnqualUsingEntry {
61 const DeclContext *Nominated;
62 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 public:
65 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
66 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
67 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
68 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000069
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000070 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
71 return CommonAncestor;
72 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000073
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000074 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
75 return Nominated;
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
79 struct Comparator {
80 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
81 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
82 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000083
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000084 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
85 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
86 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
89 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
90 }
91 };
92 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
95 /// lookup.
96 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000097 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 ListTy list;
100 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000101
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 public:
103 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000104
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000106 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
108 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
109 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000110 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000111 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000112
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000113 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000114 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
115 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
116 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000117 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000118 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
119 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
120 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000121 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
122 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000124 }
125 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000126
127 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
128 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
129 // declared in the context.
130 //
131 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
132 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
133 // the effective DCs right.
134 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000135 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000136 return;
137
138 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
139 }
140
141 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
142 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
143 // were declared in the effective DC.
144 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
145 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000146 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000147 return;
148
149 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
150 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
151 }
152
153 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
154 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
155 // the given effective context.
156 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000157 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000158 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000159 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000160 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000161 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000162 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
163 queue.push_back(NS);
164 }
165 }
166
167 if (queue.empty())
168 return;
169
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000170 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000171 }
172 }
173
174 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
175 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
176 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
177 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
178 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
179 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
180 // the first.
181 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
182 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
183 // the nominated namespace.
184 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
185 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
186 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000187 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000188
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000189 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
190 }
191
192 void done() {
193 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
194 }
195
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000197
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000198 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
199 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
200
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000201 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000202 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000203 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
204 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
205 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000206 }
207 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000208} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000210// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
211// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000212static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
213 bool CPlusPlus,
214 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 unsigned IDNS = 0;
216 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000217 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000218 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000219 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000220 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000221 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000222 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000224 if (Redeclaration)
225 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000226 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000227 if (Redeclaration)
228 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000229 break;
230
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000231 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
232 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
233 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
234 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
235 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
236 break;
237
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000238 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000239 if (CPlusPlus) {
240 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
241
242 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
243 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
244 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
245 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
246 // "overload" with tag decls.
247 if (Redeclaration)
248 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
249 } else {
250 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
251 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000253
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000254 case Sema::LookupLabel:
255 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
256 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000257
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000258 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
260 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 break;
263
264 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000265 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
266 break;
267
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000268 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000269 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000270 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000271
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000272 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000273 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
275 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
276 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000277 break;
278
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000279 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
280 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
281 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000283 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000284 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000285 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
286 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
287 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000288 }
289 return IDNS;
290}
291
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000292void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000293 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000294 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000295
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000296 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
297 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
298 // operators can be found.
299 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
300 case OO_New:
301 case OO_Delete:
302 case OO_Array_New:
303 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000304 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000305 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000306
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000307 default:
308 break;
309 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000310
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000311 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
312 // up being declared.
313 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
314 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000315 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000316 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000317 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000318 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000319}
320
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000321bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000322 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000323 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
324 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
325 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
326 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
327 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
328 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
329 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000330 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
331 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000332 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
333 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
334 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000335 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000336}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000337
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000339void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000340 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000341}
342
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000343/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
344/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000345static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000346 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
347 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
348 // those.
349 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
350 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
351 return DC;
352
353 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
354 // declaration must have been found there.
355 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
356}
357
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000358/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
359/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000360static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000361 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
362 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
363 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
364 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
365 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
366 return true;
367
368 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
369 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
370
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000371 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
372 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
373 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
374 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
375 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
376 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000377 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
378 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000379 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
380 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
381 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000382 }
383
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000384 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
385 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
386 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
387 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
388 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
389 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
390 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
391 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
392 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
393 if (DMin != EMin)
394 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000395 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
396 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000397 }
398
399 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
400 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
401 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
402 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
403 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000404 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
405 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
406 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000407 if (DMin != EMin)
408 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000409 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
410 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
411 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
412 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
413 I != N; ++I) {
414 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
415 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
416 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
417 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
418 return true;
419 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000420 }
421
422 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
423 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
424 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
425 // keep what we've got.
426 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
427 }
428
429 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000430 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
431 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
432 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
433 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000434 return false;
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000435
436 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
437 // keep what we've got.
438 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000439}
440
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000441/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
442static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
443 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
444 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
445 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
446 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
447 // the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions and function
448 // templates; in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden.
449 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
450 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
451 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
452 // scope.
453 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
454 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
455 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D);
456}
457
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000458/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000459void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000460 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000461
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000462 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000463 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000464 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
465 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000466 return;
467 }
468
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000469 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
470 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000471 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000472 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
473 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000474 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000475 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000476 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
477 return;
478 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000479
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000480 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000481 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000482
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000483 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000484 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000485
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000486 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000487 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000488 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000489 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
490
491 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000492
493 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000494
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000495 unsigned I = 0;
496 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000497 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
498 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000499
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000500 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000501 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000502 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
503 continue;
504 }
505
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000506 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
507
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000508 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
509 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
510 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
511 // canonical type.
512 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000513 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
514 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
515 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
516 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
517 // The type is not unique.
518 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000519 }
520 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000521
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000522 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
523 // canonical declaration.
524 if (!ExistingI) {
525 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
526 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
527 // We've seen this entity before.
528 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000529 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000530 }
531
532 if (ExistingI) {
533 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
534 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000535 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000536 Decls[*ExistingI]))
537 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
538 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000539 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000540 }
541
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000542 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000543
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000544 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
545 HasUnresolved = true;
546 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
547 if (HasTag)
548 Ambiguous = true;
549 UniqueTagIndex = I;
550 HasTag = true;
551 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
552 HasFunction = true;
553 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
554 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
555 HasFunction = true;
556 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000557 if (HasNonFunction) {
558 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
559 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
560 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
561 // module, just skip it.
562 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
563 D)) {
564 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
565 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
566 continue;
567 }
568
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000569 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000570 }
571 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000572 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000573 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000574 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000575
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000576 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
577 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
578 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
579 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
580 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
581 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
582 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
583 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
584 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000585 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000586 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000587 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
588 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
589 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
590 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
591 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000592 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
593 else
594 Ambiguous = true;
595 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000596
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000597 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
598 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
599 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
600 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
601 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
602
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000603 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000604
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000605 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000606 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000607
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000608 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000609 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000610 else if (HasUnresolved)
611 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000612 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000613 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000614 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000615 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000616}
617
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000618void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000619 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000620 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000621 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
622 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000623 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000624}
625
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000626void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000627 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
628 Paths->swap(P);
629 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
630 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000631 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000632}
633
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000634void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000635 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
636 Paths->swap(P);
637 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
638 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000639 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000640}
641
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000642void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000643 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
644 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
645 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000646
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000647 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
648 Out << "\n";
649 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
650 }
651}
652
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000653/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
654/// fail.
655static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
656 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
657
658 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
659 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
660 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
661 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
662 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
663 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
664 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000665 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
666 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
667 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
668 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
669 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
670 return true;
671 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000672 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName &&
673 II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
674 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
675 return true;
676 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000677
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000678 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
679 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
680 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
681 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000682 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000683 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
684 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000685
686 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
687 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000688 R.isForRedeclaration(),
689 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000690 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000691 return true;
692 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000693 }
694 }
695 }
696
697 return false;
698}
699
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000700/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
701/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000702static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000703 // We need to have a definition for the class.
704 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
705 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000706
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000707 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000708 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000709}
710
711void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000712 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000713 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000714
715 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000716 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000717 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000718
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000719 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000720 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000721 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000722
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000723 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000724 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000725 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
726
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000727 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000728 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
729 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
730 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
731
732 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
733 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
734 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
735 }
736
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000737 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000738 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000739 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000740}
741
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000742/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000743/// special member function.
744static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
745 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000746 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000747 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
748 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000749
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000750 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
751 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000752
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000753 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000754 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000755 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000756
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000757 return false;
758}
759
760/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
761/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000762static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000763 DeclarationName Name,
764 const DeclContext *DC) {
765 if (!DC)
766 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000767
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000768 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000769 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
770 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000771 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000772 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000773 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000774 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000775 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000776 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000777 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000778 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
779 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000780 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000781 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000782
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000783 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
784 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000785 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000786 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000787 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000788 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000789
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000790 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
791 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
792 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000793
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000794 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000795 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000796 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000797 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000798 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000799 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000800 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
801 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
802 }
803 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000804 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000805
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000806 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000807 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000808 }
809}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000810
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000811// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
812// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000813static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000814 bool Found = false;
815
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000816 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000817 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000818 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000819
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000820 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000821 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
822 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000823 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000824 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000825 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000826 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000827 Found = true;
828 }
829 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000830
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000831 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
832 return true;
833
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000834 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000835 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
836 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
837 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
838 return Found;
839
840 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000841 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000842 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
843 // context of the use are considered. [...]
844 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000845 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000846 return Found;
847
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000848 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
849 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000850 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
851 if (!ConvTemplate)
852 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000853
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000854 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000855 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
856 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000857 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
858 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
859 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
860 Found = true;
861 continue;
862 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000863
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000864 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000865 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
866 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000867 // name lookup.
868 //
869 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
870 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000871 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000872 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
873 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000874 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000875 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000876
877 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000878 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
879 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000880
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000881 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
882 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
883 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000884 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000885 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000886 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000887 QualType ExpectedType
888 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000889 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000890
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000891 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
892 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000893 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000894 Specialization, Info)
895 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
896 R.addDecl(Specialization);
897 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000898 }
899 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000900
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000901 return Found;
902}
903
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000904// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000905static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000906CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000907 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000908
909 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
910
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000911 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000912 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000913
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000914 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
915 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000916 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
917 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000918 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000919
920 R.resolveKind();
921
922 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000923}
924
925static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000926 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000927 return Ctx->isFileContext();
928 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000929}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000930
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000931// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
932// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
933// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
934// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
935// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
936// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
937// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
938static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000939 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000940 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000941 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000942 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
943 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000944 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000945 break;
946 }
947 }
948
949 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
950 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
951 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
952 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
953 // a member of this namespace.
954 //
955 // Example:
956 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000957 // namespace N {
958 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000959 //
960 // template<class T> class B {
961 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000962 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000963 // }
964 //
965 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
966 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
967 // }
968 //
969 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
970 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000971 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000972 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
973 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
974
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000975 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000976 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
977 // template<class C>.
978 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
979 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
980 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
981 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000982
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000983 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
984 // the example, this is namespace N.
985 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
986 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
987 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000988
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000989 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
990 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
991 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
992 // example, this is the global scope.
993 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
994 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
995 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
996
997 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000998}
999
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001000namespace {
1001/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1002/// declarations.
1003struct FindLocalExternScope {
1004 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1005 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1006 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1007 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1008 }
1009 void restore() {
1010 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1011 }
1012 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1013 restore();
1014 }
1015 LookupResult &R;
1016 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1017};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001018} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001019
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001020bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001021 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001022
1023 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001024 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001025
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001026 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1027 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1028 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1029 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001030 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001031 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
1032 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001033
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001034 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1035 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1036
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001037 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001038 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001039 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1040 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001041
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001042 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001043 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001044 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1045 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1046 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001047 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001048 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001049 //
1050 // For example:
1051 // namespace A { int i; }
1052 // void foo() {
1053 // int i;
1054 // {
1055 // using namespace A;
1056 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1057 // }
1058 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001059 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001060 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1061 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001062 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001063 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001064
1065 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1066 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1067
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001068 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001069 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001070
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001071 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001072 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001073 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001074 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001075 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1076 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1077 // out-of-scope.
1078 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1079 LeftStartingScope = true;
1080
1081 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +00001082 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
1083 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
1084 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
1085 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001086 R.setShadowed();
1087 continue;
1088 }
1089 }
1090
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001091 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001092 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001093 }
1094 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001095 if (Found) {
1096 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001097 if (S->isClassScope())
1098 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1099 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001100 return true;
1101 }
1102
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001103 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001104 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1105 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1106 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1107 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1108 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1109 return false;
1110 }
1111
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001112 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1113 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1114 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001115 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001116 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1117 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1118 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1119 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001120 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001121 }
1122
1123 if (Ctx) {
1124 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1125 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001126 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001127 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1128 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1129
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001130 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001131 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1132 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1133 // non-transparent context.
1134 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001135 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001136
1137 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1138 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1139 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1140 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1141 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1142 // in the corresponding interface.
1143 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1144 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1145 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1146 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1147 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001148 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001149 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001150 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1151 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001152 R.resolveKind();
1153 return true;
1154 }
1155 }
1156 }
1157 }
1158
1159 continue;
1160 }
1161
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001162 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1163 // lookup considering using directives.
1164 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001165 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1166 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1167 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001168 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1169 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1170 continue;
1171
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001172 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001173 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001174
1175 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1176 // from local scopes.
1177 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1178 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1179 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1180 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1181 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1182
1183 UDirs.done();
1184
1185 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1186 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001187
1188 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1189 R.resolveKind();
1190 return true;
1191 }
1192
1193 continue;
1194 }
1195
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001196 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1197 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1198 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1199 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1200 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1201 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001202 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001203 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001204 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001205 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001206 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001207
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001208 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1209 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1210 if (!S) return false;
1211
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001212 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001213 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001214 return false;
1215
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001216 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001217 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001218 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001219 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1220 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001221 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1222 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1223 UDirs.done();
1224 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001225
1226 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1227 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1228 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1229 FindLocals.restore();
1230
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001231 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001232 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1233 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1234 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1235 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001236 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001237 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001238 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001239 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001240 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1241 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1242 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1243 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001244 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001245 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001246 }
1247 }
1248
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001249 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001250 R.resolveKind();
1251 return true;
1252 }
1253
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001254 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001255 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1256 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1257 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001258 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001259 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1260 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1261 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1262 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001263 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001264 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001265
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001266 if (Ctx) {
1267 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1268 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001269 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001270 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1271 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1272
1273 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1274 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1275 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1276 // non-transparent context.
1277 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1278 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001279
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001280 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1281 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1282 // look into that context.
1283 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1284 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1285 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001286
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001287 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1288 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1289 Found = true;
1290 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001291
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001292 if (Found) {
1293 R.resolveKind();
1294 return true;
1295 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001296
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001297 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1298 return false;
1299 }
1300 }
1301
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001302 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001303 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001304 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001305
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001306 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001307}
1308
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001309/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1310/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1311static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1312 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1313}
1314
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001315Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1316 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1317 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1318 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1319 return M;
1320 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1321 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1322
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001323 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1324 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1325 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1326 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1327 // class).
1328 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1329 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1330 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1331 }
1332
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001333 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1334 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1335 if (M)
1336 return M;
1337
1338 if (auto *Containing =
1339 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1340 M = Containing;
1341 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1342 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1343 // locations.
1344 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1345 } else {
1346 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1347 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1348 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1349 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1350 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1351 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1352 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1353
1354 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1355 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1356 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1357 auto &TopLevel =
1358 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1359 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1360 }
1361
1362 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1363 }
1364
1365 if (M)
1366 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1367 return M;
1368}
1369
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001370void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001371 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1372 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1373 else
1374 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1375 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001376
1377 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1378 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1379 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1380 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1381 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001382}
1383
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001384/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001385static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001386 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1387 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1388 // the module containing the pattern.
1389 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1390 Entity = Pattern;
1391 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001392 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1393 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001394 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1395 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1396 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1397 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1398 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1399 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1400 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1401 }
1402
1403 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1404 // from a template.
1405 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1406 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001407 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1408 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001409}
1410
1411llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1412 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1413 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1414 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001415 Module *M =
1416 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001417 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001418 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001419 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1420 }
1421 return LookupModulesCache;
1422}
1423
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001424bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1425 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1426 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1427 return true;
1428 return false;
1429}
1430
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001431template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001432static bool
1433hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1434 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001435 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1436 return false;
1437
1438 while (D) {
1439 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1440 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1441 return true;
1442
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001443 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1444 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1445 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1446 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1447 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1448 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001449
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001450 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1451 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1452 }
1453 return false;
1454}
1455
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001456bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1457 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001458 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001459 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001460 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001461 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1462 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1463 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001464}
1465
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001466/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1467///
1468/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1469/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1470/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1471/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1472/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1473/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1474bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001475 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001476 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1477
1478 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1479 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1480 if (!DeclModule) {
1481 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1482 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001483 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001484 }
1485
1486 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1487 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1488 // top-level module.)
1489 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1490 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1491 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001492 return true;
1493 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001494
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001495 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1496 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1497 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1498 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1499 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001500 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1501 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1502 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1503 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1504 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1505 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001506 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1507 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1508 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001509 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1510 // its parent has a visible definition.
1511 D->setHidden(false);
1512 }
1513 return true;
1514 }
1515 return false;
1516 }
1517
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001518 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1519 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1520 if (LookupModules.empty())
1521 return false;
1522
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001523 if (!DeclModule) {
1524 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1525 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1526 }
1527
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001528 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1529 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1530 return true;
1531
1532 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1533 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1534 return false;
1535
1536 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1537 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001538 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001539 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001540}
1541
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001542bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1543 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1544}
1545
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001546bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1547 for (auto *D : R) {
1548 if (isVisible(D))
1549 return true;
1550 }
1551 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1552}
1553
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001554/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1555///
1556/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1557/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1558/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001559///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001560/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1561/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001562static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1563 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001564
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001565 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1566 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +00001567 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1568 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1569 // carefully.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001570 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001571 return ND;
1572 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001573 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001574
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001575 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001576}
1577
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001578NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001579 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001580}
1581
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001582/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1583/// scope.
1584///
1585/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1586/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1587/// @code
1588/// int x;
1589/// int f() {
1590/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1591/// }
1592/// @endcode
1593///
1594/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1595/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1596/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1597/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1598/// class LookupCriteria.
1599///
1600/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1601/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1602/// in the parent scopes.
1603///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001604/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1605/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1606/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1607/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001608///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001609/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001610bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1611 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001612 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001613
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001614 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1615
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001616 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001617 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1618 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001619 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001620 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1621 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001622 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001623 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001624 }
1625
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001626 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1627 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1628
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001629 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1630 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1631 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1632 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001633 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1634
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001635 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001636 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001637 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001638 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001639 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1640 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1641 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001642 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001643 LeftStartingScope = true;
1644
1645 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1646 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001647 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1648 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001649 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001650 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001651 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001652 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1653 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1654 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001655
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001656 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001657
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001658 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1659 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001660 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001661 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1662 // actually exists in a Scope).
1663 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1664 S = S->getParent();
1665
1666 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1667 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1668 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1669 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001670 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001671
1672 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001673 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001674 if (!S)
1675 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1676
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001677 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1678 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001679 if (S) {
1680 // Match based on scope.
1681 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1682 break;
1683 } else {
1684 // Match based on DeclContext.
1685 DeclContext *LastDC
1686 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1687 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1688 break;
1689 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001690
1691 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1692 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1693 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001694 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001695
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001696 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001697 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001698
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001699 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001700 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001701 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001702 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001703 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001704 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001705 }
1706
1707 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1708 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1709 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001710 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1711 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001712
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001713 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1714 // may be able to handle the situation.
1715 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1716 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1717 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001718}
1719
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001720/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1721/// using directives by the given context.
1722///
1723/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001724/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001725/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1726/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1727/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1728/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1729/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1730/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1731/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1732/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1733/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1734/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1735/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1736/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001737///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001738/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1739/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1740/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1741/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1742/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1743/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1744/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1745/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1746/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001747static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001748 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001749 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1750
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001751 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1752 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001753
1754 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001755 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001756 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1757
1758 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1759 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001760 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001761
1762 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1763 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001764 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1765 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001766 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001767 Queue.push_back(ND);
1768 }
1769
1770 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1771 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1772 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1773 // a tag.
1774 bool FoundTag = false;
1775 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1776
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001777 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001778
1779 bool Found = false;
1780 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001781 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001782
1783 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1784 // between LookupResults.
1785 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001786 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001787 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001788
1789 if (FoundDirect) {
1790 // First do any local hiding.
1791 DirectR.resolveKind();
1792
1793 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1794 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1795 FoundTag = true;
1796 else
1797 FoundNonTag = true;
1798
1799 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1800 if (UseLocal) {
1801 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1802 LocalR.clear();
1803 }
1804 }
1805
1806 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1807 if (FoundDirect) {
1808 Found = true;
1809 continue;
1810 }
1811
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001812 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001813 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001814 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001815 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1816 }
1817 }
1818
1819 if (Found) {
1820 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1821 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1822 else
1823 R.resolveKind();
1824 }
1825
1826 return Found;
1827}
1828
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001829/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001830static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001831 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001832 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001833
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001834 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001835 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001836}
1837
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001838/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001839/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1840template<typename InputIterator>
1841static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1842 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1843 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1844 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001845
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001846 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1847 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1848 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1849 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1850 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001851
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001852 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1853 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1854 break;
1855 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001856
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001857 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1858 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1859 break;
1860 }
1861 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001862
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001863 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1864 return true;
1865 }
1866
1867 return false;
1868}
1869
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001870/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001871///
1872/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1873/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001874/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001875///
1876/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1877/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1878/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1879/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1880/// class LookupCriteria.
1881///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001882/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1883///
1884/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001885/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1886/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1887///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001888/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001889/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001890///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001891/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1892bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1893 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001894 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001895
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001896 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001897 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001898
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001899 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1900 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1901 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001902 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001903 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001904 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001905
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00001906 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
1907 bool oldVal;
1908 DeclContext *Context;
1909 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
1910 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
1911 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
1912 }
1913 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
1914 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
1915 }
1916 } QL(LookupCtx);
1917
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001918 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001919 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001920 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1921 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001922 return true;
1923 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001924
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001925 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1926 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1927 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1928 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1929 // for the namespace member has the form
1930 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1931 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1932 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1933 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001934 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001935 return false;
1936
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001937 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001938 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001939 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001940
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001941 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001942 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001943 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001944 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001945 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001946
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001947 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1948 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001949 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001950 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1951 // or we have to fail.
1952 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1953 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1954 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1955 return false;
1956 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001957
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001958 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001959 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1960 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001961
1962 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001963 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
1964 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001965 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001966 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001967 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1968 case LookupMemberName:
1969 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001970 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001971 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1972 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001973
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001974 case LookupTagName:
1975 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1976 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001977
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001978 case LookupAnyName:
1979 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1980 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001981
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001982 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1983 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001984
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001985 case LookupOperatorName:
1986 case LookupNamespaceName:
1987 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001988 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001989 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001990 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001991
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001992 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1993 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1994 break;
1995 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001996
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001997 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1998 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
1999 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2000 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2001 },
2002 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002003 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002004
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002005 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2006
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002007 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2008 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2009 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2010 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2011 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2012 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002013 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002014 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002015 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002016
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002017 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002018 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002019 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002020
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002021 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2022 // across all paths.
2023 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002024
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002025 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2026 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002027 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002028 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2029 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002030 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002031 }
2032
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002033 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002034 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2035 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002036 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002037 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002038 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002039 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002040 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2041 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002042
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002043 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2044 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002045 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2046 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2047 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002048
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002049 ++FirstD;
2050 ++CurrentD;
2051 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002052
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002053 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2054 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002055 continue;
2056 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002057
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002058 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2059 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002060 }
2061
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002062 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002063 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2064
2065 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2066 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2067 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002068 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002069 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002070 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002071
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002072 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2073 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002074 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2075 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002076 }
2077 }
2078
2079 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2080
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002081 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002082 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2083 D->getAccess());
2084 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2085 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002086 R.resolveKind();
2087 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002088}
2089
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002090/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2091/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2092///
2093/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2094/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2095/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2096///
2097/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2098///
2099/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2100/// search.
2101///
2102/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2103///
2104/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2105bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2106 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2107 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2108 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2109 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2110 else
2111
2112 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2113}
2114
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002115/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2116/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2117///
2118/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2119/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2120/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2121/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002122/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2123/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002124///
2125/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2126/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002127///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002128/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002129///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002130/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2131/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2132///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002133/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002134bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002135 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002136 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2137 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002138 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002139 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002140 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002141
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002142 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002143 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2144 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2145 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2146
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002147 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002149 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002150 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002151 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002152
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002153 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002154 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002155 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002156
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002157 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002159 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002160 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2161 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002162 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002163 }
2164
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002165 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002166 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002167}
2168
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002169/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2170/// class.
2171///
2172/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2173///
2174/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2175/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002176///
2177/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2178bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002179 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2180 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2181 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2182 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002183 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2184 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2185 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2186 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2187 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2188 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002189
2190 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2191 // the path access.
2192 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2193 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2194 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2195 I.getAccess()));
2196 }
2197
2198 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002199 }
2200
2201 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002202 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002203
2204 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002205}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002206
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002207/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002208/// from name lookup.
2209///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002210/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002211void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002212 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2213
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002214 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2215 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2216 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2217
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002218 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2219 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2220 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2221 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2222 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2223 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2224 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002225
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002226 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002227 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2228 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2229 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002230
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002231 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002232 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002233 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002234
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002235 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002236 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2237 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002238
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002239 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002240 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002241 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2242 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002243 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002244 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002245 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2246 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2247 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002248 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002249 }
2250
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002251 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2252 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002253
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002254 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002255
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002256 for (auto *D : Result)
2257 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002258 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2259 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2260 }
2261
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002262 for (auto *D : Result)
2263 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2264 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002265
2266 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002267 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2268 while (F.hasNext()) {
2269 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2270 F.erase();
2271 }
2272 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002273 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002274 }
2275
2276 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2277 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002278
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002279 for (auto *D : Result)
2280 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002281 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002282 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002283 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002284}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002285
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002286namespace {
2287 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002288 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002289 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2290 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002291 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2292 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002293 }
2294
2295 Sema &S;
2296 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2297 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002298 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002299 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002300} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002301
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002302static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002303addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002304
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002305static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2306 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2307 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2308
2309 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2310 // be a locally scoped record.
2311
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002312 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2313 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2314 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2315 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2316 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002317 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2318
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002319 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002320 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002321}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002322
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002323// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002324// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002325static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002326addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2327 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002328 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002329 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002330 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2331 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2332 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002333
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002334 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2335 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2336 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2337 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002338 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002339 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002340
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002341 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002342 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002343 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2344 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002345 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002346 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002347 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002348 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002349 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2350 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002351 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002352 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002353 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002354 }
2355 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002356 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002357
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002358 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002359 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2360 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002361 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002362 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002363 // associated namespaces. ]
2364 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002365
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002366 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002367 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2368 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002369 break;
2370 }
2371}
2372
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002373// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002374// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2375// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2376static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002377addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2378 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2379
2380 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2381 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2382 return;
2383
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002384 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2385 // [...]
2386 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2387 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2388 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2389 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002390 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002391
2392 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2393 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2394 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002395 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002396 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002397 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002398
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002399 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2400 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002401 //
2402 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2403 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2404 // added its base classes yet.
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002405 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class).second)
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002406 return;
2407
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002408 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2409 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002410 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002411 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002412 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002413 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2414 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2415 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002416 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002417 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002418 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2419 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2420 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002421 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002422 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002423 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002425 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2426 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002427 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002428 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002430 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002431 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2432 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002433 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002434
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002435 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2436 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002437 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002438 Bases.push_back(Class);
2439 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2440 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002441 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002442
2443 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002444 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2445 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002446 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2447 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2448 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2449 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2450 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2451 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2452 if (!BaseType)
2453 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002454 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002455 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl).second) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002456 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2457 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002458 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002459
2460 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2461 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2462 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2463 }
2464 }
2465 }
2466}
2467
2468// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2469// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002470// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2471static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002472addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002473 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2474 //
2475 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2476 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2477 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2478 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2479 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2480 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2481 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2482 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002483
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002484 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002485 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2486
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002487 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002488 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2489
2490#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2491#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2492#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2493#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2494#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2495#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2496 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2497 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2498 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2499 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2500 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002501 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002502
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002503 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2504 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2505 case Type::Pointer:
2506 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2507 continue;
2508 case Type::ConstantArray:
2509 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2510 case Type::VariableArray:
2511 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2512 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002513
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002514 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2515 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2516 case Type::Builtin:
2517 break;
2518
2519 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2520 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2521 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2522 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2523 // which its associated classes are defined.
2524 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002525 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2526 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002527 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002528 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002529 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002530
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002531 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2532 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002533 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002534 // it has no associated class.
2535 case Type::Enum: {
2536 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002537
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002538 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2539 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002540 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002541
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002542 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002543 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002544
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002545 break;
2546 }
2547
2548 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2549 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2550 // types and those associated with the return type.
2551 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2552 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002553 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2554 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002555 // fallthrough
2556 }
2557 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2558 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002559 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002560 continue;
2561 }
2562
2563 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2564 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2565 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2566 // together with those associated with X.
2567 //
2568 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2569 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2570 // with the member type together with those associated with
2571 // X.
2572 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2573 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2574
2575 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2576 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2577
2578 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2579 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2580 continue;
2581 }
2582
2583 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2584 case Type::BlockPointer:
2585 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2586 continue;
2587
2588 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2589 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2590 case Type::LValueReference:
2591 case Type::RValueReference:
2592 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2593 continue;
2594
2595 // These are fundamental types.
2596 case Type::Vector:
2597 case Type::ExtVector:
2598 case Type::Complex:
2599 break;
2600
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002601 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2602 case Type::Auto:
2603 break;
2604
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002605 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2606 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2607 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002608 case Type::ObjCObject:
2609 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2610 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002611 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002612 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002613
2614 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2615 // contained type.
2616 case Type::Atomic:
2617 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2618 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002619 }
2620
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002621 if (Queue.empty())
2622 break;
2623 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002624 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002625}
2626
2627/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2628/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2629/// arguments.
2630///
2631/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002633/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002634void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2635 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2636 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2637 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002638 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2639 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2640
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002641 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2642 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002643
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002644 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2645 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2646 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2647 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2648 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2649 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002650 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002651 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002652 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2653
2654 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002655 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002656 continue;
2657 }
2658
2659 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2660 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2661 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2662 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2663 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2664 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2665 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002666 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002667 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002668 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002669 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002670
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002671 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2672 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002673
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002674 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002675 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002676 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002677
2678 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2679 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002680 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002681 }
2682 }
2683}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002684
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002685NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002686 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002687 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2688 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002689 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002690 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002691 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002692}
2693
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002694/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002695ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002696 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2697 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002698 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002699 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002700 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2701}
2702
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002703void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002704 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002705 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002706 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2707 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2708 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2709 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2710 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002711 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002712 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002713 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2714 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002715
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002716 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002717 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002718}
2719
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002720Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002721 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2722 bool ConstArg,
2723 bool VolatileArg,
2724 bool RValueThis,
2725 bool ConstThis,
2726 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002727 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002728 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002729 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002730 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2731 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2732 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2733 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2734 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2735 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2736
2737 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002738 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002739 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2740 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2741 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2742 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2743 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2744 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2745
2746 void *InsertPoint;
2747 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2748 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2749
2750 // This was already cached
2751 if (Result)
2752 return Result;
2753
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002754 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2755 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002756 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2757
2758 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002759 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002760 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2761 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002762 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2763 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002764 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2765 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002766 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002767 return Result;
2768 }
2769
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002770 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2771 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002772 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002773 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002774 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002775 unsigned NumArgs;
2776
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002777 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2778 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2779
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002780 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2781 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2782 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002783 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2784 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002785 } else {
2786 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2787 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002788 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002789 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002790 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002791 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002792 } else {
2793 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002794 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002795 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002796 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002797 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002798 }
2799
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002800 if (ConstArg)
2801 ArgType.addConst();
2802 if (VolatileArg)
2803 ArgType.addVolatile();
2804
2805 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2806 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2807 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2808 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2809 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2810 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2811 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002812 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002813 VK = VK_LValue;
2814 else
2815 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002816 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002817
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002818 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2819
2820 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002821 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002822 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002823 }
2824
2825 // Create the object argument
2826 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2827 if (ConstThis)
2828 ThisTy.addConst();
2829 if (VolatileThis)
2830 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002831 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002832 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2833 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002834
2835 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2836 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2837 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002838 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002839 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002840
2841 if (R.empty()) {
2842 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2843 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2844 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2845 // destructor.
2846 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2847 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2848 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2849 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2850 return Result;
2851 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002852
2853 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2854 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2855 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2856
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002857 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002858 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002859 continue;
2860
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002861 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2862 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2863 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2864 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2865 // either.
2866 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2867
2868 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2869 continue;
2870 }
2871
2872 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002873 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002874 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002875 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2876 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002877 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002878 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2879 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002880 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002881 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002882 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2883 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002884 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002885 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002886 OCS, true);
2887 else
2888 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002889 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002890 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002891 } else {
2892 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002893 }
2894 }
2895
2896 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2897 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2898 case OR_Success:
2899 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002900 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002901 break;
2902
2903 case OR_Deleted:
2904 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002905 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002906 break;
2907
2908 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002909 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002910 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2911 break;
2912
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002913 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002914 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002915 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002916 break;
2917 }
2918
2919 return Result;
2920}
2921
2922/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2923CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002924 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002925 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2926 false, false);
2927
2928 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002929}
2930
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002931/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2932CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002933 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002934 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2935 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2936 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2937 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2938 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2939
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002940 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2941}
2942
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002943/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002944CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2945 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002946 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002947 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2948 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002949
2950 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2951}
2952
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002953/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2954DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002955 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002956 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002957 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002958 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002959 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002960 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002962 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002963 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002964
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002965 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2966 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2967 return Class->lookup(Name);
2968}
2969
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002970/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2971CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2972 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002973 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002974 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2975 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2976 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2977 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2978 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2979 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2980 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2981 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2982 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2983
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002984 return Result->getMethod();
2985}
2986
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002987/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2988CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002989 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002990 bool RValueThis,
2991 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2992 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2993 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2994 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002995 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2996 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002997 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2998 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2999
3000 return Result->getMethod();
3001}
3002
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003003/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3004///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003005/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3006/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003007///
3008/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3009CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003010 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3011 false, false, false,
3012 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003013}
3014
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003015/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3016/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3017///
3018/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3019/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3020/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3021Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3022Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3023 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003024 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3025 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003026 LookupName(R, S);
3027 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3028 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3029
3030 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3031 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3032
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003033 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003034 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3035 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003036 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3037
3038 while (F.hasNext()) {
3039 Decl *D = F.next();
3040 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3041 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3042
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003043 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3044 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3045 F.erase();
3046 continue;
3047 }
3048
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003049 bool IsRaw = false;
3050 bool IsTemplate = false;
3051 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3052 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3053
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003054 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3055 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3056 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3057 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003058 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003059 IsExactMatch = true;
3060 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3061 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3062 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3063 IsExactMatch = false;
3064 break;
3065 }
3066 }
3067 }
3068 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003069 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3070 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3071 if (Params->size() == 1)
3072 IsTemplate = true;
3073 else
3074 IsStringTemplate = true;
3075 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003076
3077 if (IsExactMatch) {
3078 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003079 AllowRaw = false;
3080 AllowTemplate = false;
3081 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3082 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003083 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3084 // already found.
3085 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003086 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003087 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003088 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3089 FoundRaw = true;
3090 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3091 FoundTemplate = true;
3092 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3093 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003094 } else {
3095 F.erase();
3096 }
3097 }
3098
3099 F.done();
3100
3101 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3102 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3103 // or literal operator template.
3104 if (FoundExactMatch)
3105 return LOLR_Cooked;
3106
3107 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3108 // operator template, but not both.
3109 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3110 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003111 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
3112 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003113 return LOLR_Error;
3114 }
3115
3116 if (FoundRaw)
3117 return LOLR_Raw;
3118
3119 if (FoundTemplate)
3120 return LOLR_Template;
3121
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003122 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3123 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3124
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003125 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3126 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3127 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003128 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3129 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003130 return LOLR_Error;
3131}
3132
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003133void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3134 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3135
3136 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3137 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003138 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003139 Old = New;
3140 return;
3141 }
3142
3143 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003144 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3145 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003146
3147 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3148 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003149 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003150
3151 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3152 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3153 if (!Cursor) return;
3154
3155 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3156 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3157
3158 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3159 }
3160
3161 Old = New;
3162}
3163
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003164void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3165 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003166 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3167 // arguments we have.
3168 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3169 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003170 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003171 AssociatedNamespaces,
3172 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003173
3174 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003175 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3176 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3177 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3178 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3179 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3180 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3181 // is the union of X and Y.
3182 //
3183 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3184 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003185 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003186 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3187 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3188 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3189 //
3190 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3191 // ignored.
3192 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003193 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003194 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3195 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3196 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003197 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3198 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003199 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3200 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003201 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3202 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3203 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3204 continue;
3205
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003206 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3207 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3208 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3209 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003210 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3211 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003212 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3213 break;
3214 }
3215 }
3216 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003217 continue;
3218 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003219
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003220 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3221 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003222
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003223 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003224 continue;
3225
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003226 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3227 continue;
3228
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003229 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003230 }
3231 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003232}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003233
3234//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3235// Search for all visible declarations.
3236//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003237VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003238
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003239bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3240
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003241namespace {
3242
3243class ShadowContextRAII;
3244
3245class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3246public:
3247 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3248 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3249 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003250 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003251
3252private:
3253 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3254 /// this name within a particular scope.
3255 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3256
3257 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3258 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3259
3260 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3261 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3262
3263 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3264
3265public:
3266 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3267 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3268 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003269 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003270 }
3271
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003272 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3273 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3274 }
3275
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003276 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3277 /// current scope.
3278 ///
3279 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3280 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3281 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3282
3283 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003284 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3285 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3286 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003287};
3288
3289/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3290class ShadowContextRAII {
3291 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3292
3293 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3294
3295public:
3296 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003297 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003298 }
3299
3300 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003301 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3302 }
3303};
3304
3305} // end anonymous namespace
3306
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003307NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003308 // Look through using declarations.
3309 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003310
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003311 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3312 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3313 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3314 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3315 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3316 if (Pos == SM->end())
3317 continue;
3318
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003319 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003320 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003321 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003322 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003323 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3324 continue;
3325
3326 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003327 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003328 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003329 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003330 continue;
3331
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003332 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3333 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3334 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003335 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003336 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003337 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003338 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003339
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003340 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003341 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003342 }
3343 }
3344
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003345 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003346}
3347
3348static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3349 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003350 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003351 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3352 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003353 if (!Ctx)
3354 return;
3355
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003356 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3357 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3358 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003359
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003360 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3361 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3362 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3363 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3364 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3365
3366 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3367 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3368 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3369 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3370 Idents.get(Name);
3371 }
3372
3373 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3374 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3375 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3376 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3377 I != E; ++I) {
3378 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3379 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3380 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3381 Visited.add(ND);
3382 }
3383 }
3384 }
3385 }
3386
3387 return;
3388 }
3389
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003390 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3391 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3392
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003393 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003394 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003395 for (auto *D : R) {
3396 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3397 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3398 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003399 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003400 }
3401 }
3402
3403 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3404 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3405 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003406 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003407 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003408 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003409 }
3410 }
3411
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003412 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003413 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003414 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3415 return;
3416
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003417 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3418 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003419
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003420 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3421 // there anyway.
3422 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3423 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003424
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003425 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3426 if (!Record)
3427 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003428
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003429 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3430 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3431 //
3432 // struct A { int member; };
3433 // struct B { int member; };
3434 // struct C : A, B { };
3435 //
3436 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3437 //
3438 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3439 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3440 // class, e.g.,
3441 //
3442 // c->B::member
3443 //
3444 // or
3445 //
3446 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003447
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003448 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3449 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3450 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003451 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003452 }
3453 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003454
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003455 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3456 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3457 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003458 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003459 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003460 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003461 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003462 }
3463
3464 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003465 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003466 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003467 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003468 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003469 }
3470
3471 // Traverse the superclass.
3472 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3473 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3474 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003475 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003476 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003477
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003478 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3479 // synthesized ivars.
3480 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3481 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003482 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003483 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003484 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003485 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003486 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003487 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003488 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003489 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003490 }
3491 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003492 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003493 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003494 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003495 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003496 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003497
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003498 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3499 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3500 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003501 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003502 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003503 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003504 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003505}
3506
3507static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3508 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3509 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3510 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3511 if (!S)
3512 return;
3513
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003514 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3515 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003516 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3517 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003518 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003519 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003520 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3521 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003522 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003523 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003524 Visited.add(ND);
3525 }
3526 }
3527 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003528
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003529 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003530 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003531 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003532 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3533 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3534 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003535 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003536 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003537
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003538 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003539 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003540 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3541 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3542 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3543 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3544 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003545 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003546 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003547 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003548 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003549 }
3550
3551 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3552 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3553 // outer scope.
3554 break;
3555 }
3556
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003557 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3558 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003559
3560 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003561 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003562 }
3563 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3564 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3565 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3566 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3567 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3568 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3569 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003570 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003571 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003572 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003573 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003574 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003575 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003576 }
3577
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003578 if (Entity) {
3579 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3580 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003581 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3582 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003583 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003584 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003585 }
3586
3587 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3588 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3589 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3590}
3591
3592void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003593 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3594 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003595 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3596 // unqualified name lookup.
3597 Scope *Initial = S;
3598 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003599 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003600 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3601 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3602 S = S->getParent();
3603
3604 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3605 }
3606 UDirs.done();
3607
3608 // Look for visible declarations.
3609 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003610 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003611 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003612 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3613 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003614 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3615 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3616}
3617
3618void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003619 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3620 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003621 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003622 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003623 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003624 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3625 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003626 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003627 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003628 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003629}
3630
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003631/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003632/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3633/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3634/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003635LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003636 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003637 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003638 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003639
3640 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3641 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3642 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3643 Scope *S = CurScope;
3644 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3645 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3646 }
3647
3648 // Not a GNU local label.
3649 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3650 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3651 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003652 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003653 Res = nullptr;
3654 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003655 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003656 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3657 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003658 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3659 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003660 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003661 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3662}
3663
3664//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003665// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003666//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003667
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003668static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3669 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3670 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3671 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3672}
3673
3674static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3675 LookupResult &Res,
3676 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3677 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3678 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3679 bool EnteringContext,
3680 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3681 bool FindHidden);
3682
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003683/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3684/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3685/// a module' correction.
3686static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3687 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3688 return;
3689
3690 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3691
3692 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3693 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3694 break;
3695 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3696 if (DI == DE)
3697 return;
3698
3699 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3700 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3701
3702 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3703 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3704 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3705 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3706
3707 if (VisibleDecl) {
3708 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3709 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3710 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3711 NewDecls.clear();
3712 }
3713 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3714 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3715 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3716 }
3717
3718 if (NewDecls.empty())
3719 TC = TypoCorrection();
3720 else {
3721 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3722 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3723 }
3724}
3725
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003726// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3727// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3728// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3729static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3730 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3731 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3732 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3733 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3734 else
3735 Identifiers.clear();
3736
3737 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3738
3739 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3740 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3741 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3742 break;
3743
3744 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3745 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3746 return;
3747 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3748 break;
3749
3750 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3751 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3752 break;
3753
3754 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3755 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3756 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3757 break;
3758
3759 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003760 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003761 return;
3762 }
3763
3764 if (II)
3765 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3766}
3767
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003768void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003769 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003770 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3771 if (Hiding)
3772 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003773
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003774 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3775 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3776 // etc.).
3777 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3778 if (!Name)
3779 return;
3780
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003781 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3782 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003783 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003784 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3785 return;
3786
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003787 FoundName(Name->getName());
3788}
3789
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003790void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003791 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3792 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003793 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003794}
3795
3796void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3797 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3798 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003799 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003800}
3801
3802void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3803 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003804 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3805 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003806 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3807 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3808 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003809 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003810
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003811 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3812 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003813 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3814 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003815 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003816
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003817 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003818 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003819 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003820 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003821}
3822
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003823static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3824
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003825void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003826 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003827 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003828
3829 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3830 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3831 // longer than the typo itself.
3832 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3833 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3834 return;
3835
3836 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003837 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3838 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3839 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3840 return;
3841 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003842
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003843 TypoResultList &CList =
3844 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003845
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003846 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3847 CList.pop_back();
3848 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3849 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3850 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3851 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3852 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3853 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3854 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3855 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3856 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3857 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3858 *RI = Correction;
3859 return;
3860 }
3861 }
3862 }
3863 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3864 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003865
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003866 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003867 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3868}
3869
3870void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3871 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3872 SearchNamespaces = true;
3873
3874 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3875 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3876
3877 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3878 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3879 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3880 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3881 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3882 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003883 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3884 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3885 // invalide iterators into this list.
3886 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
3887 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
3888 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003889 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3890 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3891 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3892 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3893 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3894 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3895 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3896 }
3897 }
3898}
3899
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003900const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3901 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3902 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3903
3904 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003905 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3906 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3907 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3908 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3909 continue;
3910 }
3911
3912 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3913 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3914 DI->second.erase(RI);
3915 performQualifiedLookups();
3916 continue;
3917 }
3918
3919 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003920 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003921 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
3922 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3923 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003924 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003925 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003926}
3927
3928bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3929 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3930 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003931 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003932retry_lookup:
3933 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3934 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003935 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003936 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3937 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3938 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3939 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3940 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3941 if (TempSS) {
3942 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3943 TempSS = nullptr;
3944 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3945 goto retry_lookup;
3946 }
3947 if (TempMemberContext) {
3948 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003949 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003950 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3951 goto retry_lookup;
3952 }
3953 if (SearchNamespaces)
3954 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3955 break;
3956
3957 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3958 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3959 break;
3960
3961 case LookupResult::Found:
3962 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3963 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3964 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3965 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003966 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003967 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003968 if (SearchNamespaces)
3969 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3970 break;
3971 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00003972 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003973 return true;
3974 }
3975 return false;
3976}
3977
3978void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
3979 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
3980 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
3981 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
3982 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
3983 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
3984
3985 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
3986 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
3987 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
3988 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00003989 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
3990 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003991 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
3992 continue;
3993 }
3994
3995 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
3996 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
3997 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
3998 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
3999 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4000
4001 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4002 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4003 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4004 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4005 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4006 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4007 continue;
4008
4009 Result.clear();
4010 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4011 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4012 continue;
4013
4014 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4015 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4016 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4017 case LookupResult::Found:
4018 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4019 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4020 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4021 std::string OldQualified;
4022 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4023 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4024 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4025 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4026 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4027 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4028 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4029 break;
4030 }
4031 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4032 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4033 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4034 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4035 : nullptr,
4036 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4037 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4038 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004039 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4040 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004041 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004042 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004043 break;
4044 }
4045 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4046 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4047 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4048 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4049 break;
4050 }
4051 }
4052 }
4053 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004054}
4055
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004056TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4057 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004058 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004059 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4060 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4061 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4062 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4063
4064 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4065 }
4066 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4067 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4068 // context.
4069 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4070 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4071 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4072 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
4073 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4074 }
4075
4076 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004077 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4078 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4079 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004080}
4081
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004082auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4083 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004084 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004085 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004086 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004087 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4088 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4089 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4090 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4091 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4092 }
4093 return Chain;
4094}
4095
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004096unsigned
4097TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4098 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004099 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
4100 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
4101 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
4102 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4103 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
4104 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4105 ++NumSpecifiers;
4106 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
4107 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4108 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4109 ++NumSpecifiers;
4110 }
4111 }
4112 return NumSpecifiers;
4113}
4114
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004115void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4116 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004117 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004118 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004119 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004120 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4121
4122 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
4123 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4124 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4125 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
4126 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
4127 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4128 }
4129
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004130 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004131 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004132
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004133 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4134 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004135 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004136 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004137 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004138 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004139 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4140 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004141 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004142 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4143 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004144 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4145 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004146 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4147 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4148 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4149 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4150 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4151 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4152 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004153 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004154 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4155 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4156 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4157 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4158 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4159 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004160 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004161 }
4162 }
4163
4164 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4165 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4166 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4167 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4168 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4169 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4170 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4171 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004172 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4173 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004174 }
4175
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004176 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4177 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004178}
4179
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004180/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4181static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4182 LookupResult &Res,
4183 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4184 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4185 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4186 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004187 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4188 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004189 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4190 Res.clear();
4191 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004192 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004193 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004194 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004195 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004196 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4197 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4198 Res.resolveKind();
4199 return;
4200 }
4201 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004202
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004203 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
4204 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4205 Res.resolveKind();
4206 return;
4207 }
4208 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004209
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004210 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4211 return;
4212 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004213
4214 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004215 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004216
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004217 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4218 // LookupParsedName.
4219 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4220 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004221 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004222 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4223 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004224 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004225 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4226 Res.addDecl(IV);
4227 Res.resolveKind();
4228 }
4229 }
4230 }
4231}
4232
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004233/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4234static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4235 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004236 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4237 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4238 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4239 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4240 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4241 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4242 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4243 return;
4244 }
4245
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004246 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4247 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004248
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004249 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004250 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004251 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004252 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004253 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004254 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4255 // storage-specifiers as well
4256 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4257 };
4258
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004259 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004260 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4261 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4262
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004263 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004264 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004265 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004266 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004267 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004268 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4269
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004270 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004271 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4272 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4273 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4274
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004275 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004276 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4277 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4278 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4279 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4280 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4281 }
4282 }
4283
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004284 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004285 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004286 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4287 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4288 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4289 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4290 };
4291 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4292 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004293 }
4294
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004295 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004296 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4297 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4298 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4299 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4300 }
4301
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004302 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004303 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004304 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004305 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4306 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4307 }
4308
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004309 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004310 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004311 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4312 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004313 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004314 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4315 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4316
4317 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4318 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4319 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4320
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004321 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004322 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4323 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4324 }
4325 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004326
4327 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4328 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4329 // is present.
4330 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4331 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004332 }
4333
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004334 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004335 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4336 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004337 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004338 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004339 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004340 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4341 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4342
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004343 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004344 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4345 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4346 }
4347
4348 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4349 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4350
4351 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4352 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4353
4354 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4355 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4356 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4357 }
4358 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004359 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004360 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4361 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4362 }
4363
4364 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4365 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4366 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4367 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4368 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4369 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4370 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4371 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4372 }
4373 }
4374
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004375 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004376 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4377
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004378 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004379 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4380 }
4381 }
4382}
4383
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004384std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4385 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4386 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4387 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4388 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004389 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004390
4391 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4392 DisableTypoCorrection)
4393 return nullptr;
4394
4395 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4396 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4397 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4398 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4399 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4400 return nullptr;
4401
4402 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4403 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4404 if (!Typo)
4405 return nullptr;
4406
4407 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4408 // typos.
4409 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4410 return nullptr;
4411
4412 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4413 // instantiation.
4414 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4415 return nullptr;
4416
4417 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4418 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4419 return nullptr;
4420
4421 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4422 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4423 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4424 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4425 return nullptr;
4426
4427 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4428 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4429 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004430 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004431 return nullptr;
4432
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004433 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4434 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4435 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4436 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4437 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4438 return nullptr;
4439 ++TyposCorrected;
4440
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004441 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4442 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4443 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4444 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4445 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4446 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4447 TypoName.getLocStart());
4448 }
4449
4450 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4451 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4452 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4453 EnteringContext);
4454
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004455 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004456 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004457 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4458 if (MemberContext) {
4459 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4460
4461 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4462 if (OPT) {
4463 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4464 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4465 }
4466 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4467 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4468 if (!QualifiedDC)
4469 return nullptr;
4470
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004471 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4472 } else {
4473 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004474 }
4475
4476 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4477 // corrections.
4478 bool SearchNamespaces
4479 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4480 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4481
4482 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4483 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4484 // seen in this translation unit.
4485 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4486 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4487 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4488
4489 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4490 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4491 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4492 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4493 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4494 do {
4495 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4496 if (Name.empty())
4497 break;
4498
4499 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4500 } while (true);
4501 }
4502 }
4503
4504 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4505
4506 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4507 // to search those namespaces.
4508 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4509 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4510 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4511 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4512 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4513 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4514 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4515 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4516 }
4517
4518 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4519 }
4520
4521 return Consumer;
4522}
4523
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004524/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4525/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4526/// present in the source code.
4527///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004528/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4529/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4530///
4531/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004532///
4533/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4534///
4535/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4536/// looking for, if present.
4537///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004538/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4539/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4540/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4541///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004542/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4543/// a member access expression.
4544///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004545/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004546/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4547///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004548/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4549/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4550///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004551/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4552/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4553/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4554/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4555TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4556 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4557 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004558 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004559 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004560 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4561 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004562 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4563 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004564 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4565
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004566 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4567 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4568 if (ExternalSource) {
4569 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004570 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004571 return Correction;
4572 }
4573
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004574 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4575 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4576 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4577 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4578 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004579
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004580 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004581 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4582 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004583 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004584
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004585 if (!Consumer)
4586 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004587
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004588 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004589 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004590 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004591
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004592 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4593 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004594 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4595 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004596 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004597 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004598
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004599 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4600 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004601 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004602 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004603
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004604 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004605
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004606 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004607 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4608 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4609 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004610 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004611 }
4612
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004613 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004614 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4615 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4616 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004617
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004618 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4619 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004620 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4621 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004622
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004623 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4624 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004625 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004626 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004627 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004628 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4629 // context.
4630
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004631 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4632 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4633 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004634 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4635 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004636 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004637 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4638 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004639 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4640 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004641 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004642
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004643 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4644 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004645 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004646
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004647 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4648 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4649 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004650 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004651}
4652
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004653/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4654/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4655/// present in the source code.
4656///
4657/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4658/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4659///
4660/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4661///
4662/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4663///
4664/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4665/// looking for, if present.
4666///
4667/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4668/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4669/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4670///
4671/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4672/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4673///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004674/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4675/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4676///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004677/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4678/// a member access expression.
4679///
4680/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4681/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4682///
4683/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4684/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4685///
4686/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4687/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4688/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4689/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4690/// needed.
4691TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4692 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4693 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4694 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004695 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004696 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4697 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4698 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4699
4700 TypoCorrection Empty;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004701 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4702 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004703 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004704
4705 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4706 return nullptr;
4707
4708 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4709 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4710 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4711 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4712 if (ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
4713 return nullptr;
4714
4715 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004716 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004717}
4718
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004719void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4720 if (!CDecl) return;
4721
4722 if (isKeyword())
4723 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4724
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004725 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004726
4727 if (!CorrectionName)
4728 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4729}
4730
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004731std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4732 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4733 std::string tmpBuffer;
4734 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4735 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004736 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004737 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004738 }
4739
4740 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004741}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004742
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004743bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4744 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004745 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4746 return true;
4747
4748 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4749 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4750 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4751
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004752 bool HasNonType = false;
4753 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4754 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4755 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4756 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4757 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4758 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4759 if (Method->isStatic())
4760 HasStaticMethod = true;
4761 else
4762 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4763 }
4764 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4765 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004766 }
4767
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004768 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4769 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4770 return false;
4771
4772 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004773}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004774
4775FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004776 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004777 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004778 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004779 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004780 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4781 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004782 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4783}
4784
4785bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4786 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4787 return candidate.isKeyword();
4788
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004789 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004790 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004791 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004792 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4793 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4794 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4795 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4796 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4797 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4798 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4799 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4800 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4801 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4802 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004803 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004804 return true;
4805 }
4806 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004807
4808 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4809 // the current number of arguments.
4810 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4811 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4812 continue;
4813
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004814 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4815 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4816 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4817 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004818 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004819 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4820 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4821 MemberFn
4822 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4823 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004824 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004825 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004826 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4827 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4828 continue;
4829 }
4830 }
4831 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004832 }
4833 return false;
4834}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004835
4836void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4837 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4838 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4839 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4840 ErrorRecovery);
4841}
4842
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004843/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4844/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004845static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4846 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004847 return VD->getDefinition();
4848 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004849 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4850 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004851 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004852 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004853 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004854 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004855 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004856 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004857 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004858 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004859}
4860
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004861void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4862 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover) {
4863 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4864
4865 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4866 // possible.
4867 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4868 if (!Def)
4869 Def = Decl;
4870
4871 // FIXME: Add a Fix-It that imports the corresponding module or includes
4872 // the header.
4873 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4874 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4875
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004876 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4877 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004878 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004879 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4880
4881 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules,
4882 NeedDefinition ? MissingImportKind::Definition
4883 : MissingImportKind::Declaration,
4884 Recover);
4885}
4886
4887void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4888 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4889 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4890 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4891 assert(!Modules.empty());
4892
4893 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004894 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004895 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004896 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004897 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004898 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004899 ModuleList += "[...]";
4900 break;
4901 }
4902 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
4903 }
4904
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004905 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
4906 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004907 } else {
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004908 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
4909 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004910 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004911
4912 unsigned DiagID;
4913 switch (MIK) {
4914 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
4915 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
4916 break;
4917 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
4918 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
4919 break;
4920 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
4921 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
4922 break;
4923 }
4924 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004925
4926 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
4927 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004928 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004929}
4930
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004931/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4932/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4933///
4934/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4935/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4936/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4937/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4938/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4939/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4940/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4941/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4942/// to it.
4943void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4944 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4945 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4946 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4947 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4948 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4949 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4950 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4951
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004952 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4953 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4954 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4955 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4956
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004957 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
4958 /*NeedDefinition*/ false, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004959 return;
4960 }
4961
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004962 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4963 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4964
4965 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004966 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004967 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4968 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4969 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4970}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004971
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004972TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4973 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4974 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004975 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
4976 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
4977 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
4978 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
4979 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004980 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004981 return TE;
4982}
4983
4984const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
4985 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
4986 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
4987 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
4988 return Entry->second;
4989}
4990
4991void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
4992 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
4993}